House 24-25
Acrobatics in the Arts
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Tuesday
6:30 PM to 7:15 PM
6:30 PM to 7:15 PM
Studio 2/3 (Studio Room Combined)
Main
Main
Acrobatics in the Arts 1A (SECOND SECTION)
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Tuesday
7:15 PM to 8:00 PM
7:15 PM to 8:00 PM
Studio 2/3 (Studio Room Combined)
Main
Main
Adult Hip Hop/Fitness Class
Please register here if you are interested in joining our Adult Hip Hop/Fitness Class. We are still ironing out details on day of the week and time for class as well as whether it will be a full season (Sept-Jun)/session (6 or 8 week spans) class. Please sign up so we can gauge interest and reach out with details once we have them!
Please register here if you are interested in joining our Adult Hip Hop/Fitness Class. We are still ironing out details on day of the week and time for class as well as whether it will be a full season (Sept-Jun)/session (6 or 8 week spans) class. Please sign up so we can gauge interest and reach out with details once we have them!
12:00 PM to 12:00 PM
Main
Advanced Irish Step
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
7:15 PM to 8:00 PM
7:15 PM to 8:00 PM
Studio 1 (Front Room)
Main
Main
Gr 1-3 Hip Hop (SECOND SECTION)
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Tuesday
5:00 PM to 5:30 PM
5:00 PM to 5:30 PM
Studio 3 (Back Room)
Main
Main
Grades 1-3 Hip Hop
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:15 PM
5:45 PM to 6:15 PM
Studio 2 (Middle Room)
Main
Main
Grades 1-3 Jazz/Lyrical Combo
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
5:00 PM to 5:45 PM
5:00 PM to 5:45 PM
Studio 2 (Middle Room)
Main
Main
Grades 4-6 Hip Hop
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
5:45 PM to 6:15 PM
5:45 PM to 6:15 PM
Studio 3 (Back Room)
Main
Main
Grades 4-6 Jazz/Lyrical Combo
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
5:00 PM to 5:45 PM
5:00 PM to 5:45 PM
Studio 3 (Back Room)
Main
Main
Grades 7-12 Hip Hop
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
7:00 PM to 7:30 PM
7:00 PM to 7:30 PM
Studio 3 (Back Room)
Main
Main
Grades 7-12 Jazz/Lyrical Combo
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
6:15 PM to 7:00 PM
6:15 PM to 7:00 PM
Studio 3 (Back Room)
Main
Main
House (Grades 1-12) Musical Theatre Production
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Tuesday
6:00 PM to 6:30 PM
6:00 PM to 6:30 PM
Studio 3 (Back Room)
Main
Main
House (Grades 1-12) Tap Production
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Tuesday
5:30 PM to 6:00 PM
5:30 PM to 6:00 PM
Studio 3 (Back Room)
Main
Main
Intermediate Irish Step
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
6:45 PM to 7:15 PM
6:45 PM to 7:15 PM
Studio 1 (Front Room)
Main
Main
Kinder (Age 5) Combo-Ballet and Hip Hop
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
4:45 PM to 5:30 PM
4:45 PM to 5:30 PM
Studio 1 (Front Room)
Main
Main
Kinder (Age 5) Introduction to Acrobatic Arts
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Thursday
5:30 PM to 6:00 PM
5:30 PM to 6:00 PM
Studio 1 (Front Room)
Main
Main
Pre-Kinder (Ages 3/4) Combo - Ballet and Tap (SECOND SECTION)
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Saturday
11:30 AM to 12:15 PM
11:30 AM to 12:15 PM
Main
Pre-Kinder (Ages 3/4) Combo-Ballet and Tap
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Saturday
10:15 AM to 11:00 AM
10:15 AM to 11:00 AM
Studio 1 (Front Room)
Main
Main
Pre-Kinder (Ages 3/4) Introduction to Acrobatic Arts
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Saturday
11:00 AM to 11:30 AM
11:00 AM to 11:30 AM
Studio 1 (Front Room)
Main
Main
Pre-Pointe
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Tuesday
7:15 PM to 8:00 PM
7:15 PM to 8:00 PM
Studio 1 (Front Room)
Main
Main
Toddler Tune Time (8-week sessions)
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
TAP TO TOE STUDIO OF DANCE
2242 State Highway 420
Massena, New York 13662
(315)514-7242
ttsdmassena@gmail.com
HOUSE REGISTRATION FORM 2024-2025 Season
>There is a non-refundable $30.00/student REGISTRATION FEE due at the time of registration.
>*****FOR YOUR STUDENT TO BE CONSIDERED “ENROLLED” AND HAVE A SPOT IN THE CLASS, YOU MUST PAY THE REGISTRATION FEE AND CONFIRM THEY ARE MARKED AS ACTIVE DURING ONLINE ENROLLMENT*****
>*REGULAR SEASON CLASSES BEGIN MONDAY SEPTEMBER 9TH
>*FIRST MONTH’S TUITION POSTED AND DUE SEPTEMBER 9TH
Class Availability/Tuition Prices as follows:
• Toddler Tune Time (ages 9 months to 3 years) – 45-minute class held in 8-week sessions: $70.00/session
• Pre-Kinder (ages 3 and 4) Combo Ballet/Tap – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Pre-Kinder Intro to Acro (ages 3 and 4) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Pre-Kinder Combo
• Kinder (age 5) Combo Ballet/Hip Hop – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
• Kinder Intro to Acro (age 5) – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Kinder Combo
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Hip Hop – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Musical Theatre, or Tap
Groups: Grades 1-3, Grades 4-6, Grades 7-12
• Musical Theatre Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Tap
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Musical Theatre utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Tap Production – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, or Musical Theatre
***NEW! Students in Grades 1-12 will join together to create a dynamic performance in Tap utilizing different skills/levels. Similar to our Competition Team’s Production Numbers!
• Beginner Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*Must be in Grade 1 to participate
• Intermediate Irish Step Dance – 30-minute class/one time a week: $53.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$35.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Advanced Irish Step Dance – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON to Jazz/Lyrical, Hip Hop, Musical Theatre, or Tap
*For Grades 1 and up - Will be placed based upon Instructor’s advice
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe – 45-minute class/one time a week: $58.00/month tuition STAND ALONE CLASS OR
$38.00/month tuition ADD ON
*For Grades 3 and up
SPECIALTY STAND ALONE CLASS (CANNOT BE USED AS BASE, AND ARE NOT CONSIDERED ADD ON)
***TUITION IS AS LISTED SEPARATELY from any other class listed above:
• Acrobatics in the Arts – 45-minute class/one time a week: $60.00/month tuition
*For Grades 1 and up
***Teachers certified in the accredited Acrobatic Arts® program will provide an introductory class in Acrobatics relating to the Art of Dance. Students will all start together in one class and will NOT perform in the Christmas Performance. After the Christmas Break any necessary movements will be made to create a second class should skills allow. Students WILL perform a demonstration in the Year-End Recital. This class is TUMBLING based-working on strength building, CORRECT execution of skills, and building upon skills to progress in the program.
>***AGE/GRADE GUIDELINES AS BASED ON AGE AS OF NOVEMBER 1ST, 2023
***There will be a 10% discount per month on a second child, third child, etc tuition from a family with multiple students participating in classes. For example, if a family has 3 students in classes then the 2nd and 3rd child’s tuition will be deducted 10% each per month
>OUR SYSTEM AUTOMATICALLY CALCULATES TUITION WITH NO DISCOUNTS FOR MULTIPLE CHILDREN AND/OR FOR ADD ON CLASSES…ONCE REGISTRATION IS COMPLETED BY PAYING REGISTRATION FEE, WE WILL OVERRIDE YOUR TUITION BASED ON THE DISCOUNTED RATE YOU WOULD RECEIVE AS A FAMILY OR TAKING MULTIPLE CLASSES AND THIS WILL APPAEAR ON YOUR ACCOUNT PRIOR TO SEPTEMBER TUITION POSTING
>EACH CLASS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF FIVE STUDENTS ENROLLED TO KEEP THE CLASS ON THE SCHEDULE, IF A CLASS YOUR STUDENT IS ENROLLED IN DOES NOT COME TO FRUITION, WE WILL OFFER A VARIETY OF ALTERNATIVES!
LOGISTICS/MANAGEMENT OF SPACE AT TTSD:
We have found that students thrive most when they participate independently. Therefore, we have adopted a drop off and pick up system for our classes. We ask that parents remain in their vehicle during the duration of their student’s class or take the time while your student is in class to run errands or have a little “me time”! This helps us to keep the noise levels to a manageable level while students are in class, to keep our focus on our students, and to keep our students focused on class! Drop Off/Pick Up structure will work as follows:
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) are to be dropped off at the front door NO SOONER THAN 10 minutes BEFORE the start time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled for 6:15pm, drop off should be at 6:05pm. This is to give students ample time to prepare for class.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be dropped off at the front 5-10 minutes BEFORE the start of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can accompany their student into the lobby and aid their student in preparing for class by changing their shoes/outerwear. Once their student is settled in the lobby area, we ask that the accompanying adult retreat to their vehicle to wait if possible. If waiting in the lobby please know that the doors to the studio rooms will likely be closed to keep students focus on the class/instructor.
• Once students are dropped off at the door, they will proceed into the lobby where their will remove their outwear/street shoes and change into their dance shoes. They will place their bag (please bring MINIMAL items in with your student…shoes and a water bottle will suffice) in our cubbies and take a seat in the lobby to wait for their class time.
• Upon the conclusion of class (the posted end time), students will proceed to the lobby to prepare to leave. They will retrieve their bags, change out of their dance shoes and into their street shoes/outerwear. Then they will wait at the front door for pickup.
• Students in classes Grades K-12 (ages 5 and up) can be picked up at the front door 5 minutes AFTER the end time of their class. For example, if their class is scheduled to conclude at 6:45pm, line up for pick up should not happen before 6:50pm . This is to give students time to gather their items and change before exiting the studio.
• Students in our Pre-Kinder (3 and 4 year old) Classes can either be picked up at the front 5-10 minutes AFTER the end of their class as outlined above OR ONE ADULT can enter the studio at the posted end time of class to aid their student in preparing to leave the studio. PLEASE WAIT UNTIL THE POSTED END TIME OF CLASS TO ENTER THE LOBBY, again this is to lessen the traffic/noise for our ongoing classes.
• Our Caregiver and Child Class is welcome to enter the studio 5 minutes prior to posted start time of class!
• Please follow these guidelines to keep our parking lot/drop off area safe for our students.
***SEASON WILL BEGIN IN SEPTEMBER AND CONCLUDE IN JUNE
*Tuition is calculated and remains the same for the months of September through June regardless of the number of classes per months.
*Tuition is due the first of each month, with the exception of September (due Sept 9th when classes begin).
*After a thirty-day grace period there will be a 10% late fee assessed on all monies owed.
***Class availability and scheduling are subject to change due to factors including studio availability, enrollment, and staff scheduling***
COSTUME FEES for Year End Recital:
$85 per class registered for INCLUDING ACRO (price includes costume and one pair of tights IF APPLICABLE for costume)
*Costume Fee Due February 15th
-Costumes for the Christmas Demo are “homemade” meaning we put together items that students hopefully either already have in their closets or can easily find for as inexpensive as possible.
FOOTWEAR/DRESS CODE:
• Pre-Kinder Combo (age 3 and 4): PINK BALLET SHOES and TAN MARY JANE VELCRO TAP SHOES
• Kinder Combo (age 5): PINK BALLET SHOES and BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 1-3, 4-6): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Jazz/Lyrical Combo (Grades 7-12): NO SHOES
• Hip Hop (ALL GRADES): BLACK SNEAKERS (with a non-marking sole)
• Musical Theatre (ALL GRADES): TAN GORE BOOTS (Jazz Shoes)
• Tap (ALL GRADES): BLACK LACE TAP SHOES
• Beginner Irish Step: BLACK GHILLIES-Lace Up Soft Shoe
• Intermediate Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will advise you what shoe you will need after the first month of class
• Advanced Irish Step: Miss Caitlin will direct where to purchase Jig Shoes
• Pre-Pointe/Pointe: PINK BALLET SHOES
***Any Color Leotard and PINK Tights
• Acro: NO SHOES
*All dance classes should wear clothing that is conducive to dance (no jeans, no loose shorts, no baggy shirts). We want students to be confident and comfortable, we just ask that you be mindful of what you wear to class to be modest for dance movement, unless otherwise noted (Pre-Pointe/Pointe).
*All Acro Arts classes should wear clothing that is taut and conducive to tumbling, flipping, and spotting. Clothing should not get in the way of any tumbling movement, should be form fitting, and should still cover all body parts when going upside down.
*Hair should be worn out of the face for all dance classes, in a bun for Pre-Pointe/Pointe, and fully pulled up for all tumbling classes.
Important Calendar Dates for 2024-2025 Season:
*These dates are projected and anticipated to the best of our ability but ARE subject to change. You will be informed of any changes at least 10 days in advance.
• September 23rd to September 28th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Thursday October 24th to Wednesday October 30th: Halloween Week
(students are welcome to wear their Halloween Costume to class)
• Thursday October 31st: STUDIO CLOSED for Halloween
• Tuesday November 26th: House Students will be invited in for classes-schedule TBA
• Wednesday November 27th to Sunday December 1st: STUDIO CLOSED for Thanksgiving Break
• Monday December 2nd to Saturday December 7th: Visitors Week Number 1 for House Students
• Monday December 16th to Saturday December 21st: Christmas Celebration Week
(students are welcome to wear their pajamas to class as we celebrate the holidays!)
• Wednesday December 18th: ANTICIPATED Christmas Demonstration
• Monday December 23rd to Sunday January 5th: STUDIO CLOSED for Holiday Break
• Monday January 6th: Regular Classes Resume
• Monday January 20th to Saturday January 25th: BRING A FRIEND WEEK
• Monday February 17th to Sunday February 23rd: STUDIO CLOSED for Mid-Winter Break
• Week of March 3rd: March Madness Week 1
• Week of March 10th: March Madness Week 2
• Week of March 17th: March Madness Week 3
• Week of March 24th: March Madness Week 4
• Monday April 21st to Sunday April 27th: STUDIO CLOSED for Spring Break
• Friday May 16th to Thursday May 22nd: Visitors Week Number 2 for House Students
• Friday May 23rd to Monday May 26th: STUDIO CLOSED for Memorial Day Break
• Saturday June 14th: ANTICIPATED Season 18 Recital
• Week of June 16th: Wrap Up Week
*We do NOT take any one-day breaks included in the school schedule as to offer a level and fair amount of time to each class
Saturday
9:30 AM to 10:15 AM
9:30 AM to 10:15 AM
Studio 1 (Front Room)
Main
Main